List of Events
Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version

to   


Monday June 14, 2021
7:00 AM - 12:00 PM    BC/BEHS Graduation
 
7:00 AM - 10:00 PM    BC/BEHS Graduation
 
11:00 AM - 6:00 PM    Covid-19 Vaccine Clinic
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Practice
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Sheridan Woods Softball
 
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs) - Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs)
Participants will learn and practice soccer skills including trapping, passing, shooting, dribbling, heading and goalie techniques. Half and full field matches will be held. Camp is held Monday-Thursday from 5:30-7:30 pm at Bristol Eastern High School soccer field. Fee is $40.
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner (Mondays) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Youth Intermediate/Advanced (Mondays) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
Tuesday June 15, 2021
11:00 AM - 6:00 PM    Covid-19 Vaccine Clinic
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Practice
 
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Middle/High School (Tuesday) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs) - Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs)
Participants will learn and practice soccer skills including trapping, passing, shooting, dribbling, heading and goalie techniques. Half and full field matches will be held. Camp is held Monday-Thursday from 5:30-7:30 pm at Bristol Eastern High School soccer field. Fee is $40.
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Yoga w/ Heather - Spring Session II (2021)
We are very excited to bring this amazing class that helps tone and tighten your core which will improve not only your posture but your body awareness and flexibility! The class combines the focus on core stabilization of Pilates with the postures from yoga to flow through movements in order to work your whole body while also giving you strength of both mind and body.This class is for beginners all the way up to advanced so please do not be afraid to give it a try!  We ask that you please bring your own mat!
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Volleyball games
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Sober Volleyball
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Sober Volleyball
 
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Men's Softball League - Men's Spring Softball League 2021: Team Registration
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services will once again be running a Men's Softball League for individuals 18 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to run from April 12th through June 18th (9 weeks of regular season, plus a week of playoffs). Each team is guaranteed 18 regular season games (8 doubleheaders), and the top 8 teams (out of 10) make the playoffs. Games will take place Monday-Thursday evenings at Mix St. in Bristol and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Games will typically start at 7 and 8pm. Some games may be played at Casey Field in Bristol, and some start times may moved to 6 and 7pm or 8 and 9pm depending on the scheduling of make-up games. Make-ups may also be played on Fridays when necessary.Note: We are only able to admit 10 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined withanother group to form a full team.
 
6:30 PM - 7:45 PM    Tennis Lessons - Adult (Tuesday) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
7:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
Wednesday June 16, 2021
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books - Session I
 
11:00 AM - 5:30 PM    Covid-19 Vaccine Clinic
 
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Gathering
 
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Twilight Event
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Baseball Practice
 
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs) - Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs)
Participants will learn and practice soccer skills including trapping, passing, shooting, dribbling, heading and goalie techniques. Half and full field matches will be held. Camp is held Monday-Thursday from 5:30-7:30 pm at Bristol Eastern High School soccer field. Fee is $40.
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 10:00 PM    Bristol Greeners
 
5:30 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball Practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Volleyball games
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Adult Softball
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Adult Softball
 
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM    Dog/Puppy Obedience Classes - Puppy Kindergarten
We are excited to offer these courses with Debbi Bacharach from Ma & Paw Paws. Debbi is a certified dog trainer that began fostering animals for the Newington Humane Society in 2010. Debbi is certified in Pet First Aid and Disaster Preparedness. Debbi teaches positive reinforcement style of training. For more specific questions please contact Debbi at 860-205-0407 or visit the website at  Https://www.maandpawpaws.com  Puppy Kindergarten This is a beginning level class designed for new puppy owners and others who want to teach their puppy household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common puppy problems. We build into our class time for puppies to socialize with each other so that they learn how to interact with other canines. This class is for puppies 10 weeks to 5.5 months. This is a 7 week class: first class is orientation with out the dogs. Family Dog Manners IThis is a beginning level class for dogs 5.5 months and older, designed for new dog owners, Puppy K grads and others who want to teach their dog household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common behavior problems. Sit, down, wait, go say hi, come, target and loose leash walking, are some of the behaviors taught. This is a 7 week class; First class is orientation without dogs. Family Dog Manners II/ CGC prep class (required by all therapy dog tests) This is an advanced level class focusing on the behaviors required to pass the Canine Good Citizen test. Dogs learn to walk nicely on leash, sit-stay with distractions, come when called, and greet other dogs politely. The CGC is the basis for all of the various therapy dog tests so it is a good start if you are interested in having your dog become a therapy dog. Family equivalent or I is a pre-requisite. A CGC test will be scheduled at the end of the session. Life SkillsDoes your dog know basic obedience? Do you need more help on controlling their impulses? (i.e. more reliable recall (come when called), , pulling on leash, chasing critters) Then this is the class for you! We work closely with leash control, distractions and recall. This class is designed for dogs 6 months and older (no dog is too old to learn).This is a 6 week class.Please note: These classes are NOT suitable for dogs/puppies who exhibit aggressive behaviors towards people or other dogs; dogs with issues of incessant barking are also prohibited. Participants (dogs) attending these classes must be able to withstand an hour in a group setting with 6-8 other dogs and their owners in close proximity. ***No REFUNDS are given for missed classes or after the first class***
 
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM    Dog/Puppy Obedience Classes - Family Dog Manners I
We are excited to offer these courses with Debbi Bacharach from Ma & Paw Paws. Debbi is a certified dog trainer that began fostering animals for the Newington Humane Society in 2010. Debbi is certified in Pet First Aid and Disaster Preparedness. Debbi teaches positive reinforcement style of training. For more specific questions please contact Debbi at 860-205-0407 or visit the website at  Https://www.maandpawpaws.com  Puppy Kindergarten This is a beginning level class designed for new puppy owners and others who want to teach their puppy household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common puppy problems. We build into our class time for puppies to socialize with each other so that they learn how to interact with other canines. This class is for puppies 10 weeks to 5.5 months. This is a 7 week class: first class is orientation with out the dogs. Family Dog Manners IThis is a beginning level class for dogs 5.5 months and older, designed for new dog owners, Puppy K grads and others who want to teach their dog household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common behavior problems. Sit, down, wait, go say hi, come, target and loose leash walking, are some of the behaviors taught. This is a 7 week class; First class is orientation without dogs. Family Dog Manners II/ CGC prep class (required by all therapy dog tests) This is an advanced level class focusing on the behaviors required to pass the Canine Good Citizen test. Dogs learn to walk nicely on leash, sit-stay with distractions, come when called, and greet other dogs politely. The CGC is the basis for all of the various therapy dog tests so it is a good start if you are interested in having your dog become a therapy dog. Family equivalent or I is a pre-requisite. A CGC test will be scheduled at the end of the session. Life SkillsDoes your dog know basic obedience? Do you need more help on controlling their impulses? (i.e. more reliable recall (come when called), , pulling on leash, chasing critters) Then this is the class for you! We work closely with leash control, distractions and recall. This class is designed for dogs 6 months and older (no dog is too old to learn).This is a 6 week class.Please note: These classes are NOT suitable for dogs/puppies who exhibit aggressive behaviors towards people or other dogs; dogs with issues of incessant barking are also prohibited. Participants (dogs) attending these classes must be able to withstand an hour in a group setting with 6-8 other dogs and their owners in close proximity. ***No REFUNDS are given for missed classes or after the first class***
 
Thursday June 17, 2021
11:00 AM - 6:00 PM    Covid-19 Vaccine Clinic
 
3:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
4:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Baseball Game
 
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Un-mounted Horsemanship Lessons
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is happy to partner with Shepard Meadows in Bristol to offer un-mounted horsemanship lessons to the community. Our un-mounted horsemanship program teaches horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading but also provides opportunities to challenge participants to persevere, problem solve, communicate and promotes the development of self-esteem. A growing body of research demonstrates that teaching horsemanship skills can promote emotion and social well-being in participants, serve as character education, and promote the social skills and leadership in youth and children, in particular. This is not a riding program, but you will be working hands on with one of Shepard Meadow's wonderful horses. Shepard Meadows is located at 733 Hill Street in Bristol.Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. 
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Zumba
 
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM    Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs) - Youth Soccer Clinic (7-14yrs)
Participants will learn and practice soccer skills including trapping, passing, shooting, dribbling, heading and goalie techniques. Half and full field matches will be held. Camp is held Monday-Thursday from 5:30-7:30 pm at Bristol Eastern High School soccer field. Fee is $40.
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Thursday Night Adult Volleyball Leagues - 6-Person Adult Volleyball League
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two new Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. We will be offering one competitive and one recreational league.Teams of 6-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.If you do not currently have a team to play on, please select the individual registrations. We will try our best to find a team for you to participate in the league with. This is not a guarantee. COVID-19 Update:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is excited to offer a competitive 4-man Co-ED Adult Volleyball League on Thursday evenings at Stocks Volleyball Courts.
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Thursday Night Adult Volleyball Leagues - Thursday Volleyball League - INDIVIDUAL SIGN UP INTEREST
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two new Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. We will be offering one competitive and one recreational league.Teams of 6-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.If you do not currently have a team to play on, please select the individual registrations. We will try our best to find a team for you to participate in the league with. This is not a guarantee. COVID-19 Update:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is excited to offer a competitive 4-man Co-ED Adult Volleyball League on Thursday evenings at Stocks Volleyball Courts.
 
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Men's Softball League - Men's Spring Softball League 2021: Team Registration
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services will once again be running a Men's Softball League for individuals 18 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to run from April 12th through June 18th (9 weeks of regular season, plus a week of playoffs). Each team is guaranteed 18 regular season games (8 doubleheaders), and the top 8 teams (out of 10) make the playoffs. Games will take place Monday-Thursday evenings at Mix St. in Bristol and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Games will typically start at 7 and 8pm. Some games may be played at Casey Field in Bristol, and some start times may moved to 6 and 7pm or 8 and 9pm depending on the scheduling of make-up games. Make-ups may also be played on Fridays when necessary.Note: We are only able to admit 10 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined withanother group to form a full team.
 
8:30 PM - 11:00 PM    Bristol Greeners
 
Friday June 18, 2021
10:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Future Soldier Event
 
10:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Future Soldier Event
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Practice
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Walk In The Park
 
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Bristol Blues
 
5:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser - Designated Driver
The City of Bristol Department of Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services invites you to join us in celebrating the Grand Opening of Page Pool on Friday, June 18, 2021. You're invited to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival & Fundraiser, a sneak peek event! Festival participants will enjoy refreshments, hor'dourves from around the City of Bristol, and an exclusive preview of Page Pool before it opens to the public. All proceeds from the event support the Friends of Bristol Parks and Recreation Fund through the Main Street Community Foundation to support children's scholarships, future projects, and programs. After several years of planning, design, construction, and delays due to the pandemic; the newly renovated pool will officially re-open to the public on Saturday, June 26, 2021. Be one of the first people to see the newly renovated Page Park Pool facility, featuring a zero-depth entry ramp, water spray features, a new lobby space, mechanical system, light features, and updated locker rooms! The festival will also feature the unveiling of a new mural at Page Pool. In collaboration with the City of Bristol's Art and Culture Committee and Department of Public Works, BPRYCS is excited to welcome Sugarfox to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. Sugarfox will be available for a an exclusive first look and "Meet the Artist" of the new underwater mural to be unveiled.Participants must be 21 or older and pre-event registration is required. Tickets are available online at www.BristolRec.com beginning Tuesday, June 1, 2021 at 10 AM.Support the City of Bristol Department of Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services and explore the wonderful variety of food that the Bristol community producers, manufacturers and restaurants have to offer!To request a hard-copy invitation or for any inquiries, please contact Erica Benoit at Ericabenoit@bristolct.gov or 860-584-6160TICKETSVIP - $100VIPs will enjoy the full experience with all inclusive admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Samples from local restaurants and vendors Unlimited wine tastings Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live musical entertainment Commemorative wine glass Taster - $85Taster tickets gives you admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Access to (5) wine tastings Samplings from local restaurants and vendors Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live music performance Designated Driver - $60Designated Driver tickets are for attendees not consuming alcohol and/or for those providing a safe ride to fellow festival goers. Designated Driver tickets provide admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Samplings from local restaurants and vendors Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live music performance SEE YOU THERE! Do not wait, there is a limited number of tickets available.RAIN DATE: Saturday, June 19, 2021
 
5:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser - Taster
The City of Bristol Department of Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services invites you to join us in celebrating the Grand Opening of Page Pool on Friday, June 18, 2021. You're invited to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival & Fundraiser, a sneak peek event! Festival participants will enjoy refreshments, hor'dourves from around the City of Bristol, and an exclusive preview of Page Pool before it opens to the public. All proceeds from the event support the Friends of Bristol Parks and Recreation Fund through the Main Street Community Foundation to support children's scholarships, future projects, and programs. After several years of planning, design, construction, and delays due to the pandemic; the newly renovated pool will officially re-open to the public on Saturday, June 26, 2021. Be one of the first people to see the newly renovated Page Park Pool facility, featuring a zero-depth entry ramp, water spray features, a new lobby space, mechanical system, light features, and updated locker rooms! The festival will also feature the unveiling of a new mural at Page Pool. In collaboration with the City of Bristol's Art and Culture Committee and Department of Public Works, BPRYCS is excited to welcome Sugarfox to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. Sugarfox will be available for a an exclusive first look and "Meet the Artist" of the new underwater mural to be unveiled.Participants must be 21 or older and pre-event registration is required. Tickets are available online at www.BristolRec.com beginning Tuesday, June 1, 2021 at 10 AM.Support the City of Bristol Department of Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services and explore the wonderful variety of food that the Bristol community producers, manufacturers and restaurants have to offer!To request a hard-copy invitation or for any inquiries, please contact Erica Benoit at Ericabenoit@bristolct.gov or 860-584-6160TICKETSVIP - $100VIPs will enjoy the full experience with all inclusive admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Samples from local restaurants and vendors Unlimited wine tastings Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live musical entertainment Commemorative wine glass Taster - $85Taster tickets gives you admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Access to (5) wine tastings Samplings from local restaurants and vendors Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live music performance Designated Driver - $60Designated Driver tickets are for attendees not consuming alcohol and/or for those providing a safe ride to fellow festival goers. Designated Driver tickets provide admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Samplings from local restaurants and vendors Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live music performance SEE YOU THERE! Do not wait, there is a limited number of tickets available.RAIN DATE: Saturday, June 19, 2021
 
5:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser - VIP
The City of Bristol Department of Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services invites you to join us in celebrating the Grand Opening of Page Pool on Friday, June 18, 2021. You're invited to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival & Fundraiser, a sneak peek event! Festival participants will enjoy refreshments, hor'dourves from around the City of Bristol, and an exclusive preview of Page Pool before it opens to the public. All proceeds from the event support the Friends of Bristol Parks and Recreation Fund through the Main Street Community Foundation to support children's scholarships, future projects, and programs. After several years of planning, design, construction, and delays due to the pandemic; the newly renovated pool will officially re-open to the public on Saturday, June 26, 2021. Be one of the first people to see the newly renovated Page Park Pool facility, featuring a zero-depth entry ramp, water spray features, a new lobby space, mechanical system, light features, and updated locker rooms! The festival will also feature the unveiling of a new mural at Page Pool. In collaboration with the City of Bristol's Art and Culture Committee and Department of Public Works, BPRYCS is excited to welcome Sugarfox to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. Sugarfox will be available for a an exclusive first look and "Meet the Artist" of the new underwater mural to be unveiled.Participants must be 21 or older and pre-event registration is required. Tickets are available online at www.BristolRec.com beginning Tuesday, June 1, 2021 at 10 AM.Support the City of Bristol Department of Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services and explore the wonderful variety of food that the Bristol community producers, manufacturers and restaurants have to offer!To request a hard-copy invitation or for any inquiries, please contact Erica Benoit at Ericabenoit@bristolct.gov or 860-584-6160TICKETSVIP - $100VIPs will enjoy the full experience with all inclusive admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Samples from local restaurants and vendors Unlimited wine tastings Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live musical entertainment Commemorative wine glass Taster - $85Taster tickets gives you admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Access to (5) wine tastings Samplings from local restaurants and vendors Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live music performance Designated Driver - $60Designated Driver tickets are for attendees not consuming alcohol and/or for those providing a safe ride to fellow festival goers. Designated Driver tickets provide admittance to the Page Pool Food and Wine Festival and Fundraiser. This includes: Samplings from local restaurants and vendors Diverse range of food vendors and unique craft purveyors Live music performance SEE YOU THERE! Do not wait, there is a limited number of tickets available.RAIN DATE: Saturday, June 19, 2021
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Bristol Nitro Softball
 
Saturday June 19, 2021
8:45 AM - 12:00 PM    American Legion - Seniors Regular Season
 
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM    Mini Hoops Basketball (3-5yrs) - Mini Hoops (Saturday) - Spring Session I (2021)
Youth ages 3-5yrs will be introduced to the sport of basketball in a friendly, safe and fun environment. Kids will learn skills and techniques through a variety of activities and games. Program meets at CHMS Gym on Saturdays from 9-9:45am for six weeks or Mondays from 6-6:45 pm for six weeks.COVID-19 Update: This program will take place outdoors at the basketball courts at Stocks/Casey Field. Please dress accordingly for the weather. Masks must be worn at all times. It is encouraged to bring your own basketball to use. 
 
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    BLL
 
9:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volleyball Fundraiser
 
9:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volleyball Fundraiser
 
9:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volleyball Fundraiser
 
9:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volleyball Fundraiser
 
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM    Basketball Skills (5-8yrs) - Basketball Skills (Saturday) - Spring Session I (2021)
Youth ages 5-8yrs will be taught the skills of dribbling, passing, shooting, and if time allows be introduced to gameplay in a fun environment. Program meets at CHMS Gym on Tuesdays at 6:45-7:30 pm or Saturdays from 10-10:45 am for six weeks.COVID-19 Update: This program will take place outdoors at the basketball courts at Stocks/Casey Field. Please dress accordingly for the weather. Masks must be worn at all times. It is encouraged to bring your own basketball to use.   
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Retirement Party
 
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM    Co-Ed 3 on 3 Basketball (9-13yrs) - 3 on 3 Basketball (Saturday) - Spring Session I (2021)
Boys and Girls ages 9-13yrs will work on skills and play organized 3 on 3 games each week. Program meets Chippen's Hill Middle School on Monday's from 8:00-8:45 pm or Saturday's from 11:00-11:45 AM for six weeks.   COVID-19 Update: This program is tentatively scheduled to take place in the Chippen's Hill Middle School gymnasium. If the Board of Education does not allow outside groups to use the gym, the program will take place at Casey Field/Stocks Playground Basketball Courts. It is encouraged to bring your own basketball to use. 
 
11:00 AM - 2:00 PM    End of baseball pizza party
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    wiffle ball/kickball
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Practice
 
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Baby shower
 
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Juneteenth
 
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Picnic
 
4:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Junior Legion
 
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Bristol Blues
 
Sunday June 20, 2021
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Bristol Mustangs
 
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - Men's 40 and Over Spring Softball League
Bristol Parks and Recreation will once again be running a 40-and-Over Men’s Softball League for individuals 40 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to start April 18th. There will be 8 weekends of regular season games, plus a week of playoffs. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 doubleheaders), and all teams make the playoffs. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix St. or Casey Field and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Teams will either play at 9+10am OR 11am+12pm.Note: We are only able to admit 6 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks and Rec Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined with another group to form a full team.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Practice
 
Monday June 21, 2021
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Sheridan Woods Softball
 
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
4:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Pony League Baseball (7th-10th grade) - Pony League Baseball 2021
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Grade 7-10) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys in grades 7th through 10th (at time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league will be capped at 70 players. All players who register after cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. Information re: player safety and COVID-19 will be provided to families as it becomes available. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 12th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must bring a mask to where in the dugout area. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Baseball Practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner (Mondays) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Youth Intermediate/Advanced (Mondays) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
Tuesday June 22, 2021
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Bristol Blues
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Volleyball games
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Sober Volleyball
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Sober Volleyball
 
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Men's Softball League - Men's Spring Softball League 2021: Team Registration
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services will once again be running a Men's Softball League for individuals 18 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to run from April 12th through June 18th (9 weeks of regular season, plus a week of playoffs). Each team is guaranteed 18 regular season games (8 doubleheaders), and the top 8 teams (out of 10) make the playoffs. Games will take place Monday-Thursday evenings at Mix St. in Bristol and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Games will typically start at 7 and 8pm. Some games may be played at Casey Field in Bristol, and some start times may moved to 6 and 7pm or 8 and 9pm depending on the scheduling of make-up games. Make-ups may also be played on Fridays when necessary.Note: We are only able to admit 10 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined withanother group to form a full team.
 
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Darik and the Funbags
Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 pm beginning June 22nd. Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Pop, Funk, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 22nd, for incredible live music by your favorite local area bands! NEW this year - We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. Sponsored in part by the Bristol West End Association
 
7:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
Wednesday June 23, 2021
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Baseball Practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball Practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Volleyball games
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Adult Softball
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Adult Softball
 
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM    Dog/Puppy Obedience Classes - Puppy Kindergarten
We are excited to offer these courses with Debbi Bacharach from Ma & Paw Paws. Debbi is a certified dog trainer that began fostering animals for the Newington Humane Society in 2010. Debbi is certified in Pet First Aid and Disaster Preparedness. Debbi teaches positive reinforcement style of training. For more specific questions please contact Debbi at 860-205-0407 or visit the website at  Https://www.maandpawpaws.com  Puppy Kindergarten This is a beginning level class designed for new puppy owners and others who want to teach their puppy household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common puppy problems. We build into our class time for puppies to socialize with each other so that they learn how to interact with other canines. This class is for puppies 10 weeks to 5.5 months. This is a 7 week class: first class is orientation with out the dogs. Family Dog Manners IThis is a beginning level class for dogs 5.5 months and older, designed for new dog owners, Puppy K grads and others who want to teach their dog household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common behavior problems. Sit, down, wait, go say hi, come, target and loose leash walking, are some of the behaviors taught. This is a 7 week class; First class is orientation without dogs. Family Dog Manners II/ CGC prep class (required by all therapy dog tests) This is an advanced level class focusing on the behaviors required to pass the Canine Good Citizen test. Dogs learn to walk nicely on leash, sit-stay with distractions, come when called, and greet other dogs politely. The CGC is the basis for all of the various therapy dog tests so it is a good start if you are interested in having your dog become a therapy dog. Family equivalent or I is a pre-requisite. A CGC test will be scheduled at the end of the session. Life SkillsDoes your dog know basic obedience? Do you need more help on controlling their impulses? (i.e. more reliable recall (come when called), , pulling on leash, chasing critters) Then this is the class for you! We work closely with leash control, distractions and recall. This class is designed for dogs 6 months and older (no dog is too old to learn).This is a 6 week class.Please note: These classes are NOT suitable for dogs/puppies who exhibit aggressive behaviors towards people or other dogs; dogs with issues of incessant barking are also prohibited. Participants (dogs) attending these classes must be able to withstand an hour in a group setting with 6-8 other dogs and their owners in close proximity. ***No REFUNDS are given for missed classes or after the first class***
 
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM    Dog/Puppy Obedience Classes - Family Dog Manners I
We are excited to offer these courses with Debbi Bacharach from Ma & Paw Paws. Debbi is a certified dog trainer that began fostering animals for the Newington Humane Society in 2010. Debbi is certified in Pet First Aid and Disaster Preparedness. Debbi teaches positive reinforcement style of training. For more specific questions please contact Debbi at 860-205-0407 or visit the website at  Https://www.maandpawpaws.com  Puppy Kindergarten This is a beginning level class designed for new puppy owners and others who want to teach their puppy household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common puppy problems. We build into our class time for puppies to socialize with each other so that they learn how to interact with other canines. This class is for puppies 10 weeks to 5.5 months. This is a 7 week class: first class is orientation with out the dogs. Family Dog Manners IThis is a beginning level class for dogs 5.5 months and older, designed for new dog owners, Puppy K grads and others who want to teach their dog household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common behavior problems. Sit, down, wait, go say hi, come, target and loose leash walking, are some of the behaviors taught. This is a 7 week class; First class is orientation without dogs. Family Dog Manners II/ CGC prep class (required by all therapy dog tests) This is an advanced level class focusing on the behaviors required to pass the Canine Good Citizen test. Dogs learn to walk nicely on leash, sit-stay with distractions, come when called, and greet other dogs politely. The CGC is the basis for all of the various therapy dog tests so it is a good start if you are interested in having your dog become a therapy dog. Family equivalent or I is a pre-requisite. A CGC test will be scheduled at the end of the session. Life SkillsDoes your dog know basic obedience? Do you need more help on controlling their impulses? (i.e. more reliable recall (come when called), , pulling on leash, chasing critters) Then this is the class for you! We work closely with leash control, distractions and recall. This class is designed for dogs 6 months and older (no dog is too old to learn).This is a 6 week class.Please note: These classes are NOT suitable for dogs/puppies who exhibit aggressive behaviors towards people or other dogs; dogs with issues of incessant barking are also prohibited. Participants (dogs) attending these classes must be able to withstand an hour in a group setting with 6-8 other dogs and their owners in close proximity. ***No REFUNDS are given for missed classes or after the first class***
 
Thursday June 24, 2021
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Basketball at Brackett Park - Basketball at Brackett Park
Come enjoy a fun and competitive sport. The program will be run by Bristol Police department school resource officers, youth and community services staff and other special guests. The league will run eight weeks and include team drafts, exhibition games, and seven regular season games, playoffs and championships. This is a free program, and registration is not required. 
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Pony League Baseball (7th-10th grade) - Pony League Baseball 2021
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Grade 7-10) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys in grades 7th through 10th (at time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league will be capped at 70 players. All players who register after cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. Information re: player safety and COVID-19 will be provided to families as it becomes available. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 12th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must bring a mask to where in the dugout area. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Un-mounted Horsemanship Lessons
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is happy to partner with Shepard Meadows in Bristol to offer un-mounted horsemanship lessons to the community. Our un-mounted horsemanship program teaches horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading but also provides opportunities to challenge participants to persevere, problem solve, communicate and promotes the development of self-esteem. A growing body of research demonstrates that teaching horsemanship skills can promote emotion and social well-being in participants, serve as character education, and promote the social skills and leadership in youth and children, in particular. This is not a riding program, but you will be working hands on with one of Shepard Meadow's wonderful horses. Shepard Meadows is located at 733 Hill Street in Bristol.Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. 
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Zumba
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Thursday Night Adult Volleyball Leagues - 6-Person Adult Volleyball League
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two new Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. We will be offering one competitive and one recreational league.Teams of 6-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.If you do not currently have a team to play on, please select the individual registrations. We will try our best to find a team for you to participate in the league with. This is not a guarantee. COVID-19 Update:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is excited to offer a competitive 4-man Co-ED Adult Volleyball League on Thursday evenings at Stocks Volleyball Courts.
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Thursday Night Adult Volleyball Leagues - Thursday Volleyball League - INDIVIDUAL SIGN UP INTEREST
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two new Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. We will be offering one competitive and one recreational league.Teams of 6-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.If you do not currently have a team to play on, please select the individual registrations. We will try our best to find a team for you to participate in the league with. This is not a guarantee. COVID-19 Update:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is excited to offer a competitive 4-man Co-ED Adult Volleyball League on Thursday evenings at Stocks Volleyball Courts.
 
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Men's Softball League - Men's Spring Softball League 2021: Team Registration
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services will once again be running a Men's Softball League for individuals 18 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to run from April 12th through June 18th (9 weeks of regular season, plus a week of playoffs). Each team is guaranteed 18 regular season games (8 doubleheaders), and the top 8 teams (out of 10) make the playoffs. Games will take place Monday-Thursday evenings at Mix St. in Bristol and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Games will typically start at 7 and 8pm. Some games may be played at Casey Field in Bristol, and some start times may moved to 6 and 7pm or 8 and 9pm depending on the scheduling of make-up games. Make-ups may also be played on Fridays when necessary.Note: We are only able to admit 10 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined withanother group to form a full team.
 
Friday June 25, 2021
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    End of year party
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Bristol Blues
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Bristol Nitro Softball
 
8:30 PM - 10:00 PM    Movie Nights - Tom and Jerry
Grab your family, friends, and neighbors this summer and for FREE Movie Nights in the Park. Bring a blanket or lawn chair and enjoy movies on the big screen under the stars. Movie nights will take place at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater on Friday evenings beginning at 8:30 pm. Ratings will vary by film and movie nights are weather dependent, any cancellation or postponement will be posted to BPRYCS social media.          
 
Saturday June 26, 2021
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Family Reunion
 
8:45 AM - 12:00 PM    American Legion - Seniors Regular Season
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Page Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PCA Page Park Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM    Mini Hoops Basketball (3-5yrs) - Mini Hoops (Saturday) - Spring Session I (2021)
Youth ages 3-5yrs will be introduced to the sport of basketball in a friendly, safe and fun environment. Kids will learn skills and techniques through a variety of activities and games. Program meets at CHMS Gym on Saturdays from 9-9:45am for six weeks or Mondays from 6-6:45 pm for six weeks.COVID-19 Update: This program will take place outdoors at the basketball courts at Stocks/Casey Field. Please dress accordingly for the weather. Masks must be worn at all times. It is encouraged to bring your own basketball to use. 
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    BARRELL
 
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    BLL
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Page Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Rockwell- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Page Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 3 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Page Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Page Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Rockwell- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PCA Page Pool - (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 3 Page Park Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 3 Rockwell Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Page Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Rockwell (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Page Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 3 Page Park Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM    Specialized Swim Lessons Summer 2021 - Specialized Page Park Pool
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays or Sundays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45.00 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860)584-3837. 
 
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM    Specialized Swim Lessons Summer 2021 - Specialized Rockwell Park Pool
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays or Sundays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45.00 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860)584-3837. 
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    5th graduation Picnic
 
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Graduation party
 
2:00 PM - 5:30 PM    Game
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Child birthday party
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Family Get Together
 
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Bristol Blues
 
Sunday June 27, 2021
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Bristol Mustangs
 
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - Men's 40 and Over Spring Softball League
Bristol Parks and Recreation will once again be running a 40-and-Over Men’s Softball League for individuals 40 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to start April 18th. There will be 8 weekends of regular season games, plus a week of playoffs. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 doubleheaders), and all teams make the playoffs. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix St. or Casey Field and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Teams will either play at 9+10am OR 11am+12pm.Note: We are only able to admit 6 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks and Rec Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined with another group to form a full team.
 
11:45 AM - 3:00 PM    American Legion - Seniors Regular Season
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Grad party
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Bristol Brass and Wine Ensemble
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Practice
 
Monday June 28, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Sheridan Woods Softball
 
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
4:30 PM - 8:00 PM    American Legion - Seniors Regular Season
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:45 PM - 8:00 PM    Junior Legion
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Bristol Nitro Softball
 
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner (Mondays) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM    Tennis Lessons - Youth Intermediate/Advanced (Mondays) - Spring Tennis Lessons
In the Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services offers a wide variety of tennis lessons and programs to suit all of the communities tennis needs. Lessons are held at Page Park Tennis courts once a week for 6 weeks with lessons varying from 30 minutes to 1.25 hours. Fee is $40.Requirements: Sneakers and water bottle. Tennis racquets are available if needed, but participants are encouraged to bring their own. Pee Wee Tennis - For ages 4-5 years old. This program involves games and activities to improve hand eye coordination, speed and agility! It is the perfect program to keep active and introduce your little one to a life long sport!Little Tennis - For ages 6-7 years old. This program incorporates fun games and activities to introduce children to the sport of tennis. The program is 30 minutes. Middle School & High School Lessons - Students will learn techniques and skills to enhance their enjoyment of playing tennis. These lesson are open to all ability levels. These lessons are for grades 6-12th. Lesson is 45 minutes. Youth Beginner Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have never participated in tennis lessons before or have had very little exposure to the sports. Lessons are 45 minutes.Youth Intermediate/Advanced Lessons- For ages 8-14 years old who have a lot of experience playing tennis and have a comprehensive understanding of forehand, backhand, volleying, serving and scoring. Lessons are 45 minutes. Adult Lessons- For ages 17+ who are looking to get more exposure to the sport of tennis. Drills, techniques, and games will be part of each class. Lessons are 75 minutes.  
 
8:30 PM - 11:00 PM    Bristol Greeners
 
Tuesday June 29, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Pony League Baseball (7th-10th grade) - Pony League Baseball 2021
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Grade 7-10) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys in grades 7th through 10th (at time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league will be capped at 70 players. All players who register after cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. Information re: player safety and COVID-19 will be provided to families as it becomes available. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 12th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must bring a mask to where in the dugout area. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Titans Softball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Volleyball games
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Sober Volleyball
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Sober Volleyball
 
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Mass-Conn-Fusion
Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 pm beginning June 22nd. Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Pop, Funk, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 22nd, for incredible live music by your favorite local area bands! NEW this year - We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. Sponsored in part by the Bristol West End Association
 
7:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
Wednesday June 30, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:15 PM - 9:00 PM    American Legion - Seniors Regular Season
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Baseball Practice
 
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Titans Softball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    TBall practice
 
5:30 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball Practice
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Volleyball games
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Adult Softball
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Adult Softball
 
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM    Dog/Puppy Obedience Classes - Puppy Kindergarten
We are excited to offer these courses with Debbi Bacharach from Ma & Paw Paws. Debbi is a certified dog trainer that began fostering animals for the Newington Humane Society in 2010. Debbi is certified in Pet First Aid and Disaster Preparedness. Debbi teaches positive reinforcement style of training. For more specific questions please contact Debbi at 860-205-0407 or visit the website at  Https://www.maandpawpaws.com  Puppy Kindergarten This is a beginning level class designed for new puppy owners and others who want to teach their puppy household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common puppy problems. We build into our class time for puppies to socialize with each other so that they learn how to interact with other canines. This class is for puppies 10 weeks to 5.5 months. This is a 7 week class: first class is orientation with out the dogs. Family Dog Manners IThis is a beginning level class for dogs 5.5 months and older, designed for new dog owners, Puppy K grads and others who want to teach their dog household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common behavior problems. Sit, down, wait, go say hi, come, target and loose leash walking, are some of the behaviors taught. This is a 7 week class; First class is orientation without dogs. Family Dog Manners II/ CGC prep class (required by all therapy dog tests) This is an advanced level class focusing on the behaviors required to pass the Canine Good Citizen test. Dogs learn to walk nicely on leash, sit-stay with distractions, come when called, and greet other dogs politely. The CGC is the basis for all of the various therapy dog tests so it is a good start if you are interested in having your dog become a therapy dog. Family equivalent or I is a pre-requisite. A CGC test will be scheduled at the end of the session. Life SkillsDoes your dog know basic obedience? Do you need more help on controlling their impulses? (i.e. more reliable recall (come when called), , pulling on leash, chasing critters) Then this is the class for you! We work closely with leash control, distractions and recall. This class is designed for dogs 6 months and older (no dog is too old to learn).This is a 6 week class.Please note: These classes are NOT suitable for dogs/puppies who exhibit aggressive behaviors towards people or other dogs; dogs with issues of incessant barking are also prohibited. Participants (dogs) attending these classes must be able to withstand an hour in a group setting with 6-8 other dogs and their owners in close proximity. ***No REFUNDS are given for missed classes or after the first class***
 
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM    Dog/Puppy Obedience Classes - Family Dog Manners I
We are excited to offer these courses with Debbi Bacharach from Ma & Paw Paws. Debbi is a certified dog trainer that began fostering animals for the Newington Humane Society in 2010. Debbi is certified in Pet First Aid and Disaster Preparedness. Debbi teaches positive reinforcement style of training. For more specific questions please contact Debbi at 860-205-0407 or visit the website at  Https://www.maandpawpaws.com  Puppy Kindergarten This is a beginning level class designed for new puppy owners and others who want to teach their puppy household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common puppy problems. We build into our class time for puppies to socialize with each other so that they learn how to interact with other canines. This class is for puppies 10 weeks to 5.5 months. This is a 7 week class: first class is orientation with out the dogs. Family Dog Manners IThis is a beginning level class for dogs 5.5 months and older, designed for new dog owners, Puppy K grads and others who want to teach their dog household manners, learn more about canine behavior and learn how to solve common behavior problems. Sit, down, wait, go say hi, come, target and loose leash walking, are some of the behaviors taught. This is a 7 week class; First class is orientation without dogs. Family Dog Manners II/ CGC prep class (required by all therapy dog tests) This is an advanced level class focusing on the behaviors required to pass the Canine Good Citizen test. Dogs learn to walk nicely on leash, sit-stay with distractions, come when called, and greet other dogs politely. The CGC is the basis for all of the various therapy dog tests so it is a good start if you are interested in having your dog become a therapy dog. Family equivalent or I is a pre-requisite. A CGC test will be scheduled at the end of the session. Life SkillsDoes your dog know basic obedience? Do you need more help on controlling their impulses? (i.e. more reliable recall (come when called), , pulling on leash, chasing critters) Then this is the class for you! We work closely with leash control, distractions and recall. This class is designed for dogs 6 months and older (no dog is too old to learn).This is a 6 week class.Please note: These classes are NOT suitable for dogs/puppies who exhibit aggressive behaviors towards people or other dogs; dogs with issues of incessant barking are also prohibited. Participants (dogs) attending these classes must be able to withstand an hour in a group setting with 6-8 other dogs and their owners in close proximity. ***No REFUNDS are given for missed classes or after the first class***
 
Thursday July 1, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM    Teen Adventure Quest: Travel Camp (12-15yrs) - Week 1 (6/28-7/1) - Bristol Eastern High School
Teen Adventure Quest is available for Bristol teens ages 12-15yrs. This travel camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Participants may register for the entire summer or by the week. Spaces are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Fee is $155/per week. Week 1: June 28 - July 1Week 2: July 5-8Week 3: July 12-15Week 4: July 19-22Week 5: July 26-29Week 6: August 2 - August 5Week 7: August 9-12Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Teen Adventure Camp Before Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 8:00 AM - 9:00 AMTeen Adventure Camp After Care (Monday & Tuesday Only): 3:00 PM - 4:00 PMNote: Be sure to download a copy of the "Teen Theme Calendar" and review the Parent Handbook. Schedule subject to change at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department. Contact Amry Shelby, Recreation Supervisor at amryshelby@bristolct.gov 860-584-6160 for any questions.Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.  
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Basketball at Brackett Park - Basketball at Brackett Park
Come enjoy a fun and competitive sport. The program will be run by Bristol Police department school resource officers, youth and community services staff and other special guests. The league will run eight weeks and include team drafts, exhibition games, and seven regular season games, playoffs and championships. This is a free program, and registration is not required. 
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:30 PM - 8:00 PM    American Legion - Seniors Regular Season
 
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Un-mounted Horsemanship Lessons
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is happy to partner with Shepard Meadows in Bristol to offer un-mounted horsemanship lessons to the community. Our un-mounted horsemanship program teaches horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading but also provides opportunities to challenge participants to persevere, problem solve, communicate and promotes the development of self-esteem. A growing body of research demonstrates that teaching horsemanship skills can promote emotion and social well-being in participants, serve as character education, and promote the social skills and leadership in youth and children, in particular. This is not a riding program, but you will be working hands on with one of Shepard Meadow's wonderful horses. Shepard Meadows is located at 733 Hill Street in Bristol.Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. 
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Zumba
 
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Titans Softball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Bristol Nitro Softball
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Thursday Night Adult Volleyball Leagues - 6-Person Adult Volleyball League
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two new Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. We will be offering one competitive and one recreational league.Teams of 6-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.If you do not currently have a team to play on, please select the individual registrations. We will try our best to find a team for you to participate in the league with. This is not a guarantee. COVID-19 Update:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is excited to offer a competitive 4-man Co-ED Adult Volleyball League on Thursday evenings at Stocks Volleyball Courts.
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Thursday Night Adult Volleyball Leagues - Thursday Volleyball League - INDIVIDUAL SIGN UP INTEREST
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two new Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. We will be offering one competitive and one recreational league.Teams of 6-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.If you do not currently have a team to play on, please select the individual registrations. We will try our best to find a team for you to participate in the league with. This is not a guarantee. COVID-19 Update:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is excited to offer a competitive 4-man Co-ED Adult Volleyball League on Thursday evenings at Stocks Volleyball Courts.
 
8:30 PM - 11:00 PM    Bristol Greeners
 
Friday July 2, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 Before Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School 1 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer 2021 Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM    BBGC Rental
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (6-8 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (6-12yrs) 2021 - Week 1 After Care (6/28-7/2): Stafford Elementary (9-12 YO)
Summer Fun Camp is available for Bristol youth ages 6-12 years old at different sites throughout the city. Summer Fun Camp is designed to provide a safe and caring environment for your child as many families transition back to normal work schedules. The program will run for 7 weeks from June 28th - August 13th, Monday- Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily at Stafford Elementary School. Update: BPRYCS will be implementing Before and After Care to our Summer Camps this year. There are limited spots available, and registration will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. The Before Care and After Care are two separate registrations from camp itself. Only individuals attending camp are permitted to register for Before and After Care. You may sign up for either Before Care, After Care, or both if needed. Summer Fun Camp Before Care: 7:00 AM - 8:00 AMSummer Fun Camp After Care: 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM Families may participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs.If you have any questions please contact our office at 860-584-6160. Updated Summer Camp Mask Policy: Staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, are not required to wear masks while outdoors. The requirement for staff, vaccinated or unvaccinated, to wear mask indoors in child care and youth camps will continue in accordance with OEC memos. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps must continue to wear masks indoors, with exceptions provided for children including those with documented medical conditions, disability or special education needs; who are eating, sleeping or resting. Children 3 years of age and older in child care and youth camps are not required to wear mask while outdoors.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League - Games
 
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Bristol Blues
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BLL
 
Saturday July 3, 2021
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Page Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PCA Page Park Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM    Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    BLL
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Page Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 1 Rockwell- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) - LTS 2 Page Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer 2021 Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 (Saturdays) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children